blob: ebb6cd10652d34f09d7ef8b55b50f3c7894049ab [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001//===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000010// This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000011// by the C type system.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000017#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +000018#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +000019#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000020#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +000021#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +000023#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
John McCall384aff82010-08-25 07:42:41 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000025#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +000026#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Ted Kremenek23245122007-08-20 16:18:38 +000027#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +000028#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +000029#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000030#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
31#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
32#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000033#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
Benjamin Kramer8fe83e12012-02-04 13:45:25 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Tom Care3bfc5f42010-06-09 04:11:11 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +000038#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +000039#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +000040#include "clang/Basic/ConvertUTF.h"
Zhongxing Xua1f3dba2009-05-20 01:55:10 +000041#include <limits>
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000042using namespace clang;
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000043using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000044
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000045SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
46 unsigned ByteNo) const {
Chris Lattner08f92e32010-11-17 07:37:15 +000047 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(),
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +000048 PP.getLangOpts(), PP.getTargetInfo());
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000049}
50
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +000051/// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
52/// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error.
53static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
54 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
55 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
56
57 if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
58 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
59 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
60 << call->getSourceRange();
61
62 // Highlight all the excess arguments.
63 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
64 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
65
66 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
67 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
68 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
69}
70
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000071/// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
72/// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
73static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
74 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
75 return true;
76
77 // First argument should be an integer.
78 Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
79 QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
80 if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
81 S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
82 << ValArg->getSourceRange();
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000083 return true;
84 }
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000085
86 // Second argument should be a constant string.
87 Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
88 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
89 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
90 S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
91 << StrArg->getSourceRange();
92 return true;
93 }
94
95 TheCall->setType(Ty);
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000096 return false;
97}
98
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000099ExprResult
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000100Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000101 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall));
Douglas Gregor2def4832008-11-17 20:34:05 +0000102
Chris Lattner946928f2010-10-01 23:23:24 +0000103 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
104 unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
105 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
106 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
107 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
108 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
109
110 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
111 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
112 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
113 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
114
115 llvm::APSInt Result;
116 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
117 return true;
118 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
119 }
120
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000121 switch (BuiltinID) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000122 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000123 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000124 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +0000125 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000126 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000127 break;
Ted Kremenek49ff7a12008-07-09 17:58:53 +0000128 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000129 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000130 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
131 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000132 break;
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000133 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
134 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
135 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
136 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
137 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
138 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000139 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
140 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000141 break;
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +0000142 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
143 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
144 return ExprError();
145 break;
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000146 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
147 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
148 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
150 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +0000151 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000152 return ExprError();
153 break;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +0000154 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000155 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
156 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
157 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +0000158 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000159 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
160 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000161 break;
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +0000162 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000163 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall))
164 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000165 break;
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +0000166 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
167 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
168 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000169 break;
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000170
171 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
172 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
173 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
174 break;
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000175 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000176 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
177 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000178 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000179 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000180 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
181 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
182 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
183 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
184 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000185 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000186 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
187 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
188 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
189 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
190 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000191 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000192 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
193 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
194 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
195 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
196 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000197 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000198 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
199 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
200 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
201 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
202 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000203 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000204 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
205 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
206 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
207 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
208 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000209 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000210 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
211 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
212 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
213 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
214 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000215 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000216 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
217 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
218 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
219 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
220 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000221 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000222 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
223 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
224 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
225 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
226 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000227 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000228 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
229 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
230 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
231 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
232 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000233 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000234 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
235 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
236 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
237 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
238 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000239 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000240 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
241 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
242 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
243 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
244 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000245 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000246 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
247 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
248 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
249 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
250 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000251 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000252 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
253 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
254 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
255 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
256 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000257 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000258 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
259 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
260 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
261 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
262 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000263 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000264 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
265 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
266 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
267 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
268 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000269 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000270#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
271#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
272 case Builtin::BI##ID: \
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000273 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000274#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000275 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +0000276 if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000277 return ExprError();
278 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000279 }
280
281 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
282 // of the arch we are compiling for.
283 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000284 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000285 case llvm::Triple::arm:
286 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
287 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
288 return ExprError();
289 break;
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000290 case llvm::Triple::mips:
291 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
292 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
293 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
294 if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
295 return ExprError();
296 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000297 default:
298 break;
299 }
300 }
301
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000302 return TheCallResult;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000303}
304
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000305// Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
306static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false) {
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000307 NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
308 int IsQuad = Type.isQuad();
309 switch (Type.getEltType()) {
310 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
311 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
312 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
313 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
314 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
315 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
316 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
317 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
318 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
319 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
320 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
321 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
322 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
323 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
324 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
325 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000326 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000327 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000328}
329
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000330/// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
331/// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check
332/// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
333static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context) {
334 switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
335 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
336 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
337 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
338 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
339 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
340 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
341 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
342 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
343 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
344 return Context.SignedCharTy;
345 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
346 return Context.ShortTy;
347 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
348 return Context.UnsignedShortTy;
349 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
350 return Context.FloatTy;
351 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000352 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000353}
354
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000355bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000356 llvm::APSInt Result;
357
Richard Smithf8ee6bc2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000358 uint64_t mask = 0;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000359 unsigned TV = 0;
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000360 int PtrArgNum = -1;
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000361 bool HasConstPtr = false;
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000362 switch (BuiltinID) {
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000363#define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
364#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
365#undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000366 }
367
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000368 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
369 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000370 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000371 if (mask) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000372 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000373 return true;
374
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000375 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
Richard Smithf8ee6bc2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000376 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000377 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000378 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
379 }
380
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000381 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000382 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000383 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
384 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
385 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
386 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
387 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
388 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context);
389 if (HasConstPtr)
390 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
391 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
392 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
393 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
394 if (RHS.isInvalid())
395 return true;
396 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
397 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
398 return true;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000399 }
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000400
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000401 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
402 // instruction, range check them here.
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000403 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000404 switch (BuiltinID) {
405 default: return false;
Nate Begemanbb37f502010-07-29 22:48:34 +0000406 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
407 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000408 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
409 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000410#define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
411#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
412#undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000413 };
414
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +0000415 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
416 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
417 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
418 return false;
419
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000420 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000421 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
422 return true;
423
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000424 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000425 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000426 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000427 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Benjamin Kramer476d8b82010-08-11 14:47:12 +0000428 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000429
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000430 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000431 return false;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000432}
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000433
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000434bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
435 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
436 switch (BuiltinID) {
437 default: return false;
438 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
439 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
Simon Atanasyanbe22cb82012-08-27 12:29:20 +0000440 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
441 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
442 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
443 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
444 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000445 };
446
447 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
448 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
449 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
450 return false;
451
452 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
453 llvm::APSInt Result;
454 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
455 return true;
456
457 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this instruction.
458 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
459 if (Val < l || Val > u)
460 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
461 << l << u << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
462
463 return false;
464}
465
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000466/// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
467/// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
468/// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
469/// been populated.
470bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
471 FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
472 FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
473 FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
474 FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000475
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000476 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
477 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
478 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
479 if (IsCXXMember) {
480 if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
481 return false;
482 --FSI->FormatIdx;
483 if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
484 --FSI->FirstDataArg;
485 }
486 return true;
487}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000488
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000489/// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
490/// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
491void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args,
492 unsigned NumArgs,
493 unsigned NumProtoArgs,
494 bool IsMemberFunction,
495 SourceLocation Loc,
496 SourceRange Range,
497 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000498 // FIXME: This mechanism should be abstracted to be less fragile and
499 // more efficient. For example, just map function ids to custom
500 // handlers.
501
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000502 // Printf and scanf checking.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000503 bool HandledFormatString = false;
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000504 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000505 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
506 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); I != E ; ++I)
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +0000507 if (CheckFormatArguments(*I, Args, NumArgs, IsMemberFunction, CallType,
508 Loc, Range))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000509 HandledFormatString = true;
510
511 // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
512 // checks above.
513 if (!HandledFormatString && CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply)
514 for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumProtoArgs; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
515 variadicArgumentPODCheck(Args[ArgIdx], CallType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000516
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000517 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000518 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
519 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); I != E; ++I)
520 CheckNonNullArguments(*I, Args, Loc);
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +0000521
522 // Type safety checking.
523 for (specific_attr_iterator<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>
524 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(),
525 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
526 CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(*i, Args);
527 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000528}
529
530/// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
531/// properties not enforced by the C type system.
532void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args,
533 unsigned NumArgs,
534 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
535 SourceLocation Loc) {
536 VariadicCallType CallType =
537 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
538 checkCall(FDecl, Args, NumArgs, Proto->getNumArgs(),
539 /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
540}
541
542/// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
543/// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
544bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
545 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
546 bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall);
547 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
548 TheCall->getCallee());
549 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
550 checkCall(FDecl, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(), NumProtoArgs,
551 IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
552 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
553
554 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
555 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
556 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
557 if (!FnInfo)
558 return false;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000559
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000560 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
561 if (CMId == 0)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000562 return false;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000563
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000564 // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000565 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000566 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +0000567 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
568 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000569 else
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000570 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +0000571
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000572 return false;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000573}
574
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000575bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
576 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000577 VariadicCallType CallType =
578 Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000579
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000580 checkCall(Method, Args, NumArgs, Method->param_size(),
581 /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
582 lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000583
584 return false;
585}
586
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000587bool Sema::CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
588 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000589 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl);
590 if (!V)
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000591 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000592
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000593 QualType Ty = V->getType();
594 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000595 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000596
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000597 VariadicCallType CallType =
598 Proto && Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicBlock : VariadicDoesNotApply ;
599 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000600
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000601 checkCall(NDecl, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(),
602 NumProtoArgs, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
603 TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
604 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
605
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000606 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000607}
608
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000609ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
610 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000611 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
612 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000613
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000614 // All these operations take one of the following forms:
615 enum {
616 // C __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
617 Init,
618 // C __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
619 Load,
620 // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
621 Copy,
622 // C __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
623 Arithmetic,
624 // C __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
625 Xchg,
626 // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
627 GNUXchg,
628 // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
629 C11CmpXchg,
630 // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
631 GNUCmpXchg
632 } Form = Init;
633 const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
634 const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
635 // where:
636 // C is an appropriate type,
637 // A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
638 // CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
639 // M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
640 // the int parameters are for orderings.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000641
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000642 assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
643 AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load
644 && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
645 bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
646 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
647 bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
648 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
649 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
650 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
651 bool IsAddSub = false;
652
653 switch (Op) {
654 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
655 Form = Init;
656 break;
657
658 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
659 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
660 Form = Load;
661 break;
662
663 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
664 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
665 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
666 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
667 Form = Copy;
668 break;
669
670 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
671 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
672 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
673 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
674 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
675 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
676 IsAddSub = true;
677 // Fall through.
678 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
679 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
680 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
681 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
682 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
683 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000684 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000685 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
686 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
687 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000688 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000689 Form = Arithmetic;
690 break;
691
692 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
693 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
694 Form = Xchg;
695 break;
696
697 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
698 Form = GNUXchg;
699 break;
700
701 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
702 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
703 Form = C11CmpXchg;
704 break;
705
706 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
707 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
708 Form = GNUCmpXchg;
709 break;
710 }
711
712 // Check we have the right number of arguments.
713 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000714 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000715 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000716 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
717 return ExprError();
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000718 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
719 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000720 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000721 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000722 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
723 return ExprError();
724 }
725
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000726 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000727 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000728 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
729 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
730 if (!pointerType) {
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000731 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000732 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
733 return ExprError();
734 }
735
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000736 // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
737 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
738 QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
739 if (IsC11) {
740 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
741 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
742 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
743 return ExprError();
744 }
Richard Smithbc57b102012-09-15 06:09:58 +0000745 if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
746 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
747 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
748 return ExprError();
749 }
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000750 ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000751 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000752
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000753 // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
754 if (Form == Arithmetic) {
755 // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
756 if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
757 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
758 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
759 return ExprError();
760 }
761 if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
762 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
763 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
764 return ExprError();
765 }
766 } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
767 // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
768 // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000769 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000770 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
771 return ExprError();
772 }
773
774 if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) {
775 // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
776 // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
777 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000778 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
779 return ExprError();
780 }
781
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000782 // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be
783 // const-qualified.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000784
785 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
786 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
787 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
788 // okay
789 break;
790
791 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
792 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
793 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000794 // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
795 // to be trivially copyable.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000796 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
797 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
798 return ExprError();
799 }
800
801 QualType ResultType = ValType;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000802 if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000803 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000804 else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000805 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
806
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000807 // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
808 // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
809 QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
810 if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
811 ByValType = Ptr->getType();
812
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000813 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
814 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
815 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000816 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000817 QualType Ty;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000818 if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
819 switch (i) {
820 case 1:
821 // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
822 // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
823 // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
824 // by-value.
825 assert(Form != Load);
826 if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
827 Ty = ValType;
828 else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
829 Ty = ByValType;
830 else if (Form == Arithmetic)
831 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
832 else
833 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType());
834 break;
835 case 2:
836 // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
837 // (pointer to a) desired value.
838 Ty = ByValType;
839 break;
840 case 3:
841 // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
842 Ty = Context.BoolTy;
843 break;
844 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000845 } else {
846 // The order(s) are always converted to int.
847 Ty = Context.IntTy;
848 }
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000849
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000850 InitializedEntity Entity =
851 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000852 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000853 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
854 if (Arg.isInvalid())
855 return true;
856 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
857 }
858
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000859 // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000860 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
861 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000862 switch (Form) {
863 case Init:
864 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000865 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000866 break;
867 case Load:
868 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
869 break;
870 case Copy:
871 case Arithmetic:
872 case Xchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000873 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
874 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000875 break;
876 case GNUXchg:
877 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
878 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
879 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
880 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
881 break;
882 case C11CmpXchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000883 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
884 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000885 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
David Chisnall2ebb98a2012-03-29 17:58:59 +0000886 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000887 break;
888 case GNUCmpXchg:
889 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
890 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
891 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
892 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
893 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
894 break;
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000895 }
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000896
897 return Owned(new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
Benjamin Kramer3b6bef92012-08-24 11:54:20 +0000898 SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000899 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000900}
901
902
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +0000903/// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
904/// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
905/// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
906/// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
907/// them.
908///
909/// Returns true on error.
910static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
911 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
912 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
913
914 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
915 InitializedEntity Entity =
916 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
917
918 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
919 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
920 if (Arg.isInvalid())
921 return true;
922
923 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take());
924 return false;
925}
926
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000927/// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
928/// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
929/// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
930/// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
931/// void(...).
932///
933/// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
934/// builtins,
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000935ExprResult
936Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000937 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000938 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
939 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
940
941 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000942 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
943 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
944 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
945 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
946 return ExprError();
947 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000948
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000949 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
950 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
951 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
952 // casts here.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000953 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000954 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman8c382062012-01-23 02:35:22 +0000955 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
956 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
957 return ExprError();
958 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take();
959 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
960
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000961 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
962 if (!pointerType) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000963 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
964 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
965 return ExprError();
966 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000967
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000968 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerdd5fa7a2010-09-17 21:12:38 +0000969 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000970 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
971 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
972 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
973 return ExprError();
974 }
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000975
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000976 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
977 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
978 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
979 // okay
980 break;
981
982 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
983 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
984 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8b03132011-06-24 00:08:59 +0000985 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000986 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
987 return ExprError();
988 }
989
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000990 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
991 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
992
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000993 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
994 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
995 QualType ResultType = ValType;
996
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000997 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example,
998 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
999 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
1000#define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
1001 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
1002 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001003
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001004 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
1005 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
1006 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
1007 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
1008 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
1009 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001010
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001011 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
1012 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
1013 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
1014 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
1015 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001017 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
1018 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
1019 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +00001020 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
1021 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001022 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001023#undef BUILTIN_ROW
1024
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001025 // Determine the index of the size.
1026 unsigned SizeIndex;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00001027 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001028 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
1029 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
1030 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
1031 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
1032 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
1033 default:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001034 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
1035 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1036 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001037 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001038
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001039 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
1040 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
1041 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
1042 // as the number of fixed args.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00001043 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001044 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
1045 switch (BuiltinID) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001046 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001047 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
1048 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
1049 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
1050 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
1051 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
1052 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
1053 BuiltinIndex = 0;
1054 break;
1055
1056 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
1057 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
1058 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
1059 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
1060 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
1061 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
1062 BuiltinIndex = 1;
1063 break;
1064
1065 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
1066 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
1067 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
1068 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
1069 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
1070 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
1071 BuiltinIndex = 2;
1072 break;
1073
1074 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
1075 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
1076 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
1077 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
1078 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
1079 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
1080 BuiltinIndex = 3;
1081 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001082
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001083 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
1084 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
1085 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
1086 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
1087 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
1088 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
1089 BuiltinIndex = 4;
1090 break;
1091
1092 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
1093 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
1094 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
1095 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
1096 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
1097 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
1098 BuiltinIndex = 5;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
1102 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
1103 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
1104 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
1105 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
1106 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
1107 BuiltinIndex = 6;
1108 break;
1109
1110 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
1111 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
1112 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
1113 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
1114 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
1115 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
1116 BuiltinIndex = 7;
1117 break;
1118
1119 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
1120 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
1121 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
1122 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
1123 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
1124 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
1125 BuiltinIndex = 8;
1126 break;
1127
1128 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
1129 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
1130 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
1131 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
1132 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
1133 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
1134 BuiltinIndex = 9;
1135 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001137 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001138 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
1139 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
1140 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
1141 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
1142 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001143 BuiltinIndex = 10;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001144 NumFixed = 2;
1145 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001146
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001147 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001148 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
1149 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
1150 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
1151 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
1152 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001153 BuiltinIndex = 11;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001154 NumFixed = 2;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001155 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001156 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001157
1158 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
1159 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
1160 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
1161 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
1162 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
1163 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
1164 BuiltinIndex = 12;
1165 break;
1166
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001167 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001168 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
1169 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
1170 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
1171 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
1172 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001173 BuiltinIndex = 13;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001174 NumFixed = 0;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001175 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001176 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001177
1178 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
1179 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
1180 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
1181 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
1182 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
1183 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
1184 BuiltinIndex = 14;
1185 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001186 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001187
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001188 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
1189 // have at least that many.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001190 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
1191 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1192 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1193 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1194 return ExprError();
1195 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001196
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +00001197 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
1198 // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
1199 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
1200 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID);
Abramo Bagnara2ad11cd2012-09-22 09:05:22 +00001201 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
1202 if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
1203 NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
1204 else {
1205 // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
1206 DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
1207 LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
1208 LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
1209 assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
1210 NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
1211 if (NewBuiltinDecl == 0)
1212 return ExprError();
1213 }
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001214
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001215 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
1216 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
1217 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001218 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001219 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001220
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001221 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This
1222 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001223 // Initialize the argument.
1224 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1225 ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1226 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001227 if (Arg.isInvalid())
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001228 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001229
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001230 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check
1231 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can
1232 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
1233 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange
1234 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001235 // FIXME: Do this check.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001236 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take());
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001237 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001238
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001239 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
1240
1241 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
1242 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
1243 Context,
1244 DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
Abramo Bagnarae4b92762012-01-27 09:46:47 +00001245 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001246 NewBuiltinDecl,
John McCallf4b88a42012-03-10 09:33:50 +00001247 /*enclosing*/ false,
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001248 DRE->getLocation(),
Eli Friedmana6c66ce2012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001249 Context.BuiltinFnTy,
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001250 DRE->getValueKind());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001251
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001252 // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
Eli Friedmana6c66ce2012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001253 // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
1254 QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
1255 ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
1256 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001257 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001258
Chandler Carruthdb4325b2010-07-18 07:23:17 +00001259 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
1260 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
1261 // gracefully.
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001262 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001263
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +00001264 return TheCallResult;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001265}
1266
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001267/// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001268/// CFString constructor is correct
Steve Narofffd942622009-04-13 20:26:29 +00001269/// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
1270/// simplify the backend).
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001271bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
Chris Lattner56f34942008-02-13 01:02:39 +00001272 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001273 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1274
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00001275 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001276 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
1277 << Arg->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001278 return true;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001279 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001280
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001281 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001282 StringRef String = Literal->getString();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001283 unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001284 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
Roman Divacky31ba6132012-09-06 15:59:27 +00001285 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001286 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
1287
1288 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
1289 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
1290 strictConversion);
1291 // Check for conversion failure.
1292 if (Result != conversionOK)
1293 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1294 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1295 }
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001296 return false;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001297}
1298
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001299/// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity.
1300/// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001301bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1302 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
1303 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001304 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001305 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001306 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1307 << Fn->getSourceRange()
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001308 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001309 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001310 return true;
1311 }
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001312
1313 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001314 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1315 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1316 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001317 }
1318
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001319 // Type-check the first argument normally.
1320 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
1321 return true;
1322
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001323 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001324 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001325 bool isVariadic;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001326 if (CurBlock)
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00001327 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
Ted Kremenek9498d382010-04-29 16:49:01 +00001328 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1329 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
1330 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001331 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001333 if (!isVariadic) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001334 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
1335 return true;
1336 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001337
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001338 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
1339 // current function or method.
1340 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
Anders Carlssone2c14102008-02-13 01:22:59 +00001341 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001342
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001343 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
1344 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001345 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
1346 // Get the last formal in the current function.
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001347 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001348 if (CurBlock)
1349 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
1350 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001351 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001352 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001353 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001354 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
1355 }
1356 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001357
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001358 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001359 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001360 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument);
1361 return false;
Eli Friedman6cfda232008-05-20 08:23:37 +00001362}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001363
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001364/// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
1365/// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001366bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1367 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001368 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001369 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001370 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001371 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001372 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001373 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001374 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
1375 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001376
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001377 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
1378 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001379
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001380 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
1381 // type.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001382 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001383 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
1384 return true;
Daniel Dunbar403bc2b2009-02-19 19:28:43 +00001385
1386 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
1387 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
1388 // foo(...)".
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001389 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
1390 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001391
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001392 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001393 return false;
1394
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001395 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
1396 // invalid for this operation.
Eli Friedman860a3192012-06-16 02:19:17 +00001397 if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001398 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001399 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001400 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
1401 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001402
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001403 return false;
1404}
1405
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +00001406/// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
1407/// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001408/// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
1409/// value.
1410bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
1411 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001412 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001413 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001414 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
1415 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001416 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001417 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001418 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001419 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
1420
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001421 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001423 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
1424 return false;
1425
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001426 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001427 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001429 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
1430 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001432 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
1433 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
1434 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
1435 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
1436 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
1437 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
1438 Cast->setSubExpr(0);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001439 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001440 }
1441 }
1442
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001443 return false;
1444}
1445
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001446/// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
1447// This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001448ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001449 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001450 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001451 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001452 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001453 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001454
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001455 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
1456 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
1457 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask)
1458 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
1459 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1460 unsigned numElements = 0;
1461
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001462 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
1463 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001464 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1465 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
1466
1467 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001468 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001469 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001470 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1471 return ExprError();
1472 }
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001473
1474 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1475 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001477 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
1478 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
1479 // same number of elts as lhs.
1480 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00001481 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001482 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
1483 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1484 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
1485 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1486 numResElements = numElements;
1487 }
1488 else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001489 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001490 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001491 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1492 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001493 } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
1494 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001495 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001496 VectorType::GenericVector);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001497 }
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001498 }
1499
1500 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001501 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
1502 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
1503 continue;
1504
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001505 llvm::APSInt Result(32);
1506 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1507 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1508 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
1509 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001511 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001512 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001513 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001514 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001515 }
1516
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001517 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001518
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001519 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001520 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
1521 TheCall->setArg(i, 0);
1522 }
1523
Benjamin Kramer3b6bef92012-08-24 11:54:20 +00001524 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001525 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1526 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001527}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001528
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001529/// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
1530// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
1531// optional constant int args.
1532bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001533 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001534
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001535 if (NumArgs > 3)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001536 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1537 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
1538 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
1539 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001540
1541 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
1542 // constant integers.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001543 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001544 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001545
1546 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1547 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1548 continue;
1549
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001550 llvm::APSInt Result;
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001551 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
1552 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001553
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001554 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These
1555 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default
1556 // is 3.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001557 if (i == 1) {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001558 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001559 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001560 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001561 } else {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001562 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001563 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001564 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001565 }
1566 }
1567
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001568 return false;
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001569}
1570
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001571/// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
1572/// TheCall is a constant expression.
1573bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
1574 llvm::APSInt &Result) {
1575 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1576 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1577 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1578
1579 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
1580
1581 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1582 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
Eric Christopher5e896552010-04-19 18:23:02 +00001583 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001584
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001585 return false;
1586}
1587
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001588/// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr,
1589/// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined
1590/// constants (0-3).
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00001591// For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2.
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001592bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001593 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001594
1595 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1596 if (TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent() ||
1597 TheCall->getArg(1)->isValueDependent())
1598 return false;
1599
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001600 // Check constant-ness first.
1601 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1602 return true;
1603
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001604 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001605 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001606 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
1607 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001608 }
1609
1610 return false;
1611}
1612
Eli Friedman586d6a82009-05-03 06:04:26 +00001613/// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001614/// This checks that val is a constant 1.
1615bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1616 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001617 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001618
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001619 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
1620 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1621 return true;
1622
1623 if (Result != 1)
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001624 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
1625 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
1626
1627 return false;
1628}
1629
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001630// Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
1631// If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
1632// format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
1633// True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
1634Sema::StringLiteralCheckType
1635Sema::checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, Expr **Args,
1636 unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
1637 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001638 FormatStringType Type, VariadicCallType CallType,
1639 bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001640 tryAgain:
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001641 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001642 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001643
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001644 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00001645
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001646 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
1647 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
1648 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
1649 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
1650 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001651 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001652
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001653 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001654 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001655 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001656 // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
1657 // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
1658 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
1659 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
1660 StringLiteralCheckType Left =
1661 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getTrueExpr(), Args, NumArgs,
1662 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001663 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001664 if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral)
1665 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
1666 StringLiteralCheckType Right =
1667 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getFalseExpr(), Args, NumArgs,
1668 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001669 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001670 return Left < Right ? Left : Right;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001671 }
1672
1673 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001674 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
1675 goto tryAgain;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001676 }
1677
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001678 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
1679 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
1680 E = src;
1681 goto tryAgain;
1682 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001683 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001684
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001685 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
1686 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
1687 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
1688 // liability.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001689 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001690
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001691 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
1692 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001694 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
1695 // const string literals.
1696 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
1697 bool isConstant = false;
1698 QualType T = DR->getType();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001699
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001700 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
1701 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001702 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001703 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context) &&
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001704 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(Context);
Jean-Daniel Dupase98e5b52012-01-25 10:35:33 +00001705 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1706 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
1707 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
1708 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001709 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001711 if (isConstant) {
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001712 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
1713 // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
1714 if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
1715 if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
1716 Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1717 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001718 return checkFormatStringExpr(Init, Args, NumArgs,
1719 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001720 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001721 /*inFunctionCall*/false);
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001722 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001723 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001724
Anders Carlssond966a552009-06-28 19:55:58 +00001725 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
1726 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
1727 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function
1728 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
1729 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
1730 // to a vprintf function. For example:
1731 //
1732 // void
1733 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
1734 // va_list ap;
1735 // va_start(ap, fmt);
1736 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
1737 // ...
1738 //
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001739 if (HasVAListArg) {
1740 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
1741 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
1742 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
1743 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
1744 i = ND->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
1745 e = ND->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
1746 FormatAttr *PVFormat = *i;
1747 // adjust for implicit parameter
1748 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1749 if (MD->isInstance())
1750 ++PVIndex;
1751 // We also check if the formats are compatible.
1752 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
1753 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
1754 Type == GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001755 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001756 }
1757 }
1758 }
1759 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001760 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001762 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001763 }
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001764
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001765 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
1766 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001767 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001768 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
1769 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
1770 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
1771 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1772 if (MD->isInstance())
1773 --ArgIndex;
1774 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001775
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001776 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args, NumArgs,
1777 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001778 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001779 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
1780 unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
1781 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
1782 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
1783 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001784 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args, NumArgs,
1785 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001786 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
1787 inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001788 }
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001789 }
1790 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001792 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001793 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001794 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
1795 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
1796 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001797
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001798 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001799 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
1800 else
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001801 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001802
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001803 if (StrE) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001804 CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001805 firstDataArg, Type, inFunctionCall, CallType);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001806 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001807 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001808
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001809 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001810 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001812 default:
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001813 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001814 }
1815}
1816
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001817void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818Sema::CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001819 const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
1820 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001821 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(),
1822 e = NonNull->args_end();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001823 i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001824 const Expr *ArgExpr = ExprArgs[*i];
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001825 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001826 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001827 Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001828 }
1829}
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001830
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001831Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
1832 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType())
1833 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
1834 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
1835 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
1836 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
1837 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
1838 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
1839 .Default(FST_Unknown);
1840}
1841
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001842/// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001843/// functions) for correct use of format strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001844/// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001845bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001846 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001847 VariadicCallType CallType,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001848 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001849 FormatStringInfo FSI;
1850 if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
1851 return CheckFormatArguments(Args, NumArgs, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
1852 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001853 CallType, Loc, Range);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001854 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001855}
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001856
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001857bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001858 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
1859 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001860 VariadicCallType CallType,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001861 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001862 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001863 if (format_idx >= NumArgs) {
1864 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001865 return false;
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001866 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001867
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001868 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001869
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001870 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001871 //
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001872 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
1873 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings
1874 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
1875 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
1876 // many format string exploits.
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001877
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001879 // C string (e.g. "%d")
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001880 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001881 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001882 StringLiteralCheckType CT =
1883 checkFormatStringExpr(OrigFormatExpr, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001884 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001885 if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
1886 // Literal format string found, check done!
1887 return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001888
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001889 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
1890 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
1891 if (Type == FST_Strftime)
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001892 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001893
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001894 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
1895 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
1896 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
1897 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
Jean-Daniel Dupasdc170202012-05-04 21:08:08 +00001898 if (Type == FST_NSString &&
1899 SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart()))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001900 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001901
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001902 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
1903 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001904 if (NumArgs == format_idx+1)
1905 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001906 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001907 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1908 else
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001909 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001910 diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001911 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001912 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001913}
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001914
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001915namespace {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001916class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
1917protected:
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001918 Sema &S;
1919 const StringLiteral *FExpr;
1920 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001921 const unsigned FirstDataArg;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001922 const unsigned NumDataArgs;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001923 const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001924 const bool HasVAListArg;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001925 const Expr * const *Args;
1926 const unsigned NumArgs;
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001927 unsigned FormatIdx;
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001928 llvm::BitVector CoveredArgs;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001929 bool usesPositionalArgs;
1930 bool atFirstArg;
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001931 bool inFunctionCall;
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001932 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001933public:
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001934 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001935 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001936 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001937 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001938 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
1939 Sema::VariadicCallType callType)
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001940 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001941 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
1942 Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001943 Args(args), NumArgs(numArgs), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001944 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001945 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001946 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
1947 CoveredArgs.reset();
1948 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001949
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00001950 void DoneProcessing();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001951
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001952 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1953 unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001954
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00001955 void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
1956 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1957 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00001958 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00001959
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001960 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00001961 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001962 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1963
1964 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
1965 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1966 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1967
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00001968 virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1969
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001970 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
1971 unsigned specifierLen,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001972 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p);
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001973
1974 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1975
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001976 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001977
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001978 template <typename Range>
1979 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
1980 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1981 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1982 SourceLocation StringLoc,
1983 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00001984 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = ArrayRef<FixItHint>());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001985
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001986protected:
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001987 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
1988 const char *startSpec,
1989 unsigned specifierLen,
1990 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001991
1992 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
1993 const char *startSpec,
1994 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001995
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00001996 SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001997 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
1998 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001999 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002000
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002001 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002002
2003 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2004 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2005 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
2006 unsigned argIndex);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002007
2008 template <typename Range>
2009 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
2010 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002011 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = ArrayRef<FixItHint>());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002012
2013 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs(
2014 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002015};
2016}
2017
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002018SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002019 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
2020}
2021
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002022CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
2023getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002024 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
2025 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
2026
2027 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa64ccef2011-09-19 20:40:19 +00002028 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002029
2030 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002031}
2032
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002033SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002034 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002035}
2036
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002037void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
2038 unsigned specifierLen){
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002039 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
2040 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
2041 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2042 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek808015a2010-01-29 03:16:21 +00002043}
2044
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002045void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
2046 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2047 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002048 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002049 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2050
2051 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2052 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2053
2054 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
2055 llvm::Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
2056 if (FixedLM) {
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002057 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002058 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2059 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2060 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2061
2062 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2063 << FixedLM->toString()
2064 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
2065
2066 } else {
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002067 FixItHint Hint;
2068 if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2069 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
2070
2071 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002072 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2073 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2074 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002075 Hint);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002076 }
2077}
2078
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002079void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002080 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002081 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002082 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2083
2084 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2085 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2086
2087 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
2088 llvm::Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
2089 if (FixedLM) {
2090 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2091 << LM.toString() << 0,
2092 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2093 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2094 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2095
2096 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2097 << FixedLM->toString()
2098 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
2099
2100 } else {
2101 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2102 << LM.toString() << 0,
2103 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2104 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2105 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2106 }
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002107}
2108
2109void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
2110 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2111 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Jordan Rose670941c2012-09-13 02:11:15 +00002112 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2113
2114 // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
2115 llvm::Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
2116 if (FixedCS) {
2117 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2118 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
2119 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2120 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2121 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2122
2123 CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2124 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2125 << FixedCS->toString()
2126 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
2127 } else {
2128 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2129 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
2130 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2131 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2132 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2133 }
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002134}
2135
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002136void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
2137 unsigned posLen) {
2138 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
2139 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2140 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2141 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
2142}
2143
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002144void
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002145CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
2146 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002147 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
2148 << (unsigned) p,
2149 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2150 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002151}
2152
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002153void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002154 unsigned posLen) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002155 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
2156 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2157 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2158 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002159}
2160
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002161void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002162 if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002163 // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002164 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2165 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
2166 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2167 getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002168 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002169}
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002170
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002171// Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
2172// one of the argument expressions.
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002173const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002174 return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002175}
2176
2177void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
2178 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
2179 // format conversions in the format string?
2180 if (!HasVAListArg) {
2181 // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
2182 CoveredArgs.flip();
2183 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
2184 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
2185 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002186 if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) {
2187 SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart();
2188 if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) {
2189 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used),
2190 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2191 getFormatStringRange());
2192 }
Bob Wilsonc03f2df2012-05-03 19:47:19 +00002193 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002194 }
2195 }
2196}
2197
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002198bool
2199CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
2200 SourceLocation Loc,
2201 const char *startSpec,
2202 unsigned specifierLen,
2203 const char *csStart,
2204 unsigned csLen) {
2205
2206 bool keepGoing = true;
2207 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2208 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
2209 // make sense.
2210 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2211 }
2212 else {
2213 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
2214 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
2215 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
2216 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
2217 // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
2218 keepGoing = false;
2219 }
2220
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002221 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion)
2222 << StringRef(csStart, csLen),
2223 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2224 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002225
2226 return keepGoing;
2227}
2228
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002229void
2230CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
2231 const char *startSpec,
2232 unsigned specifierLen) {
2233 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2234 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
2235 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
2236}
2237
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002238bool
2239CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
2240 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2241 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2242 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
2243
2244 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002245 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
2246 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
2247 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
2248 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
2249 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2250 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2251 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002252 return false;
2253 }
2254 return true;
2255}
2256
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002257template<typename Range>
2258void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2259 SourceLocation Loc,
2260 bool IsStringLocation,
2261 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002262 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002263 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002264 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
2265}
2266
2267/// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
2268/// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
2269///
Dmitri Gribenko70517ca2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002270/// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002271/// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an
2272/// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
2273///
2274/// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
2275/// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two
2276/// diagnostics are emitted.
2277///
2278/// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
2279/// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits
2280/// to diagnostics.
2281///
2282/// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are
2283/// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
2284/// the other one.
2285///
2286/// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
2287/// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
2288/// be used with PDiag.
2289///
2290/// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is
2291/// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
2292///
Dmitri Gribenko70517ca2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002293/// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002294template<typename Range>
2295void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
2296 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
2297 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2298 SourceLocation Loc,
2299 bool IsStringLocation,
2300 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002301 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
2302 if (InFunctionCall) {
2303 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
2304 D << StringRange;
2305 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2306 I != E; ++I) {
2307 D << *I;
2308 }
2309 } else {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002310 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
2311 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002312
2313 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
2314 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
2315 diag::note_format_string_defined);
2316
2317 Note << StringRange;
2318 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2319 I != E; ++I) {
2320 Note << *I;
2321 }
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002322 }
2323}
2324
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002325//===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2326
2327namespace {
2328class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002329 bool ObjCContext;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002330public:
2331 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2332 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002333 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002334 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002335 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002336 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
2337 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002338 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002339 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002340 formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType), ObjCContext(isObjC)
2341 {}
2342
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002343
2344 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2345 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2346 const char *startSpecifier,
2347 unsigned specifierLen);
2348
2349 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2350 const char *startSpecifier,
2351 unsigned specifierLen);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002352 bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2353 const char *StartSpecifier,
2354 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2355 const Expr *E);
2356
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002357 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
2358 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2359 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2360 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2361 unsigned type,
2362 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2363 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2364 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2365 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2366 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2367 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2368 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2369 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002370 bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002371 const Expr *E, const CharSourceRange &CSR);
2372
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002373};
2374}
2375
2376bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2377 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2378 const char *startSpecifier,
2379 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002380 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002381 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002382
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002383 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2384 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2385 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2386 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
Ted Kremenek26ac2e02010-01-29 02:40:24 +00002387}
2388
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002389bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
2390 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2391 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
2392 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002393
2394 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002395 if (!HasVAListArg) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002396 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
2397 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002398 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
2399 << k,
2400 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2401 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2402 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002403 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2404 // spurious errors.
2405 return false;
2406 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002407
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002408 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'.
Ted Kremenek31f8e322010-01-29 23:32:22 +00002409 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
2410 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also
2411 // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002412 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2413 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002414 if (!Arg)
2415 return false;
2416
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002417 QualType T = Arg->getType();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002418
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002419 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
2420 assert(AT.isValid());
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002421
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002422 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002423 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002424 << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002425 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
2426 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2427 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2428 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002429 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2430 // spurious errors.
2431 return false;
2432 }
2433 }
2434 }
2435 return true;
2436}
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002437
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002438void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002439 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002440 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2441 unsigned type,
2442 const char *startSpecifier,
2443 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002444 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2445 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002446
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002447 FixItHint fixit =
2448 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
2449 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2450 Amt.getConstantLength()))
2451 : FixItHint();
2452
2453 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
2454 << type << CS.toString(),
2455 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2456 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2457 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2458 fixit);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002459}
2460
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002461void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002462 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2463 const char *startSpecifier,
2464 unsigned specifierLen) {
2465 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002466 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2467 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002468 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
2469 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
2470 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
2471 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2472 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2473 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2474 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002475}
2476
2477void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002478 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002479 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2480 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2481 const char *startSpecifier,
2482 unsigned specifierLen) {
2483 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002484 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
2485 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
2486 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
2487 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2488 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2489 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2490 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002491}
2492
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002493// Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
2494// a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
2495// "c_str()").
2496template<typename MemberKind>
2497static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
2498CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
2499 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2500 llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
2501
2502 if (!RT)
2503 return Results;
2504 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2505 if (!RD)
2506 return Results;
2507
2508 LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), SourceLocation(),
2509 Sema::LookupMemberName);
2510
2511 // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
2512 // filter, at this point.
2513 if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
2514 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2515 NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2516 if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
2517 Results.insert(FK);
2518 }
2519 return Results;
2520}
2521
2522// Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002523// better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002524// Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
2525bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002526 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002527 const CharSourceRange &CSR) {
2528 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
2529
2530 MethodSet Results =
2531 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
2532
2533 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
2534 MI != ME; ++MI) {
2535 const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
2536 if (Method->getNumParams() == 0 &&
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002537 AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getResultType())) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002538 // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
2539 SourceLocation EndLoc =
2540 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2541 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
2542 << "c_str()"
2543 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
2544 return true;
2545 }
2546 }
2547
2548 return false;
2549}
2550
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002551bool
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002552CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002553 &FS,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002554 const char *startSpecifier,
2555 unsigned specifierLen) {
2556
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002557 using namespace analyze_format_string;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002558 using namespace analyze_printf;
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002559 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002560
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002561 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2562 if (atFirstArg) {
2563 atFirstArg = false;
2564 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2565 }
2566 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002567 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2568 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002569 return false;
2570 }
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002571 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002572
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002573 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
2574 // have matching data arguments.
2575 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
2576 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
2577 return false;
2578 }
2579
2580 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2581 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002582 return false;
2583 }
2584
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002585 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2586 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2587 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002588 return true;
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002589 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002590
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002591 // Consume the argument.
2592 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
Ted Kremeneke3fc5472010-02-27 08:34:51 +00002593 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2594 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2595 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2596 // function if we encounter some other error.
2597 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2598 }
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002599
2600 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
2601 // in a non-ObjC literal.
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002602 if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002603 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
2604 specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002605 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002606
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002607 // Check for invalid use of field width
2608 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002609 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002610 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2611 }
2612
2613 // Check for invalid use of precision
2614 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
2615 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2616 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2617 }
2618
2619 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
Ted Kremenek65197b42011-01-08 05:28:46 +00002620 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
2621 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002622 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
2623 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2624 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
2625 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002626 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
2627 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002628 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
2629 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2630 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
2631 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2632
2633 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002634 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
2635 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
2636 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002637 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
2638 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
2639 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2640
2641 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002642 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002643 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2644 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002645 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002646 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002647 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002648 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2649 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002650
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002651 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
2652 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2653
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002654 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2655 if (HasVAListArg)
2656 return true;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002657
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002658 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002659 return false;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002660
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002661 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
2662 if (!Arg)
2663 return true;
2664
2665 return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002666}
2667
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002668static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
2669 // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
2670 // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
2671 // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
2672 const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
2673 if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
2674 Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
2675
2676 switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
2677 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
2678 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
2679 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
2680 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
2681 case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
2682 case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
2683 case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
2684 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
2685 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
2686 return false;
2687 default:
2688 return true;
2689 }
2690}
2691
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002692bool
2693CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2694 const char *StartSpecifier,
2695 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2696 const Expr *E) {
2697 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2698 using namespace analyze_printf;
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002699 // Now type check the data expression that matches the
2700 // format specifier.
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002701 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
2702 ObjCContext);
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002703 if (!AT.isValid())
2704 return true;
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002705
2706 QualType IntendedTy = E->getType();
2707 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002708 return true;
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002709
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002710 // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
2711 // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
2712 // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
2713 // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
2714 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
2715 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
2716 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
2717 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002718 IntendedTy = E->getType();
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002719
2720 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
2721 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs
2722 // function.
2723 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
2724 ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
2725 // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002726 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002727 return true;
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002728 }
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002729 }
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002730 }
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002731
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002732 if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
2733 // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types.
2734 if (const TypedefType *UserTy = IntendedTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
2735 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
2736 IntendedTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
2737 .Case("NSInteger", S.Context.LongTy)
2738 .Case("NSUInteger", S.Context.UnsignedLongTy)
2739 .Case("SInt32", S.Context.IntTy)
2740 .Case("UInt32", S.Context.UnsignedIntTy)
2741 .Default(IntendedTy);
2742 }
2743 }
2744
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002745 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
2746 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002747 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(),
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002748 S.Context, ObjCContext);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002749
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002750 if (success) {
2751 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
2752 SmallString<16> buf;
2753 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2754 fixedFS.toString(os);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002755
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002756 CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
2757
2758 if (IntendedTy != E->getType()) {
2759 // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
2760 // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
2761 // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
2762 // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
2763 // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
2764 // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
2765 // if necessary).
2766 SmallString<16> CastBuf;
2767 llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
2768 CastFix << "(";
2769 IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
2770 CastFix << ")";
2771
2772 SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
2773 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
2774 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
2775
2776 if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
2777 // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
2778 SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
2779 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
2780
2781 } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
2782 // If the expression has high enough precedence,
2783 // just write the C-style cast.
2784 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
2785 CastFix.str()));
2786 } else {
2787 // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
2788 CastFix << "(";
2789 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
2790 CastFix.str()));
2791
2792 SourceLocation After = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2793 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
2794 }
2795
2796 // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
2797 // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
2798 const TypedefType *UserTy = cast<TypedefType>(E->getType());
2799 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
2800
2801 // Finally, emit the diagnostic.
2802 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
2803 << Name << IntendedTy
2804 << E->getSourceRange(),
2805 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
2806 SpecRange, Hints);
2807 } else {
2808 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2809 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2810 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << IntendedTy
2811 << E->getSourceRange(),
2812 E->getLocStart(),
2813 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2814 SpecRange,
2815 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
2816 }
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002817 } else {
2818 const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
2819 SpecifierLen);
2820 // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
2821 // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
2822 // arguments here.
2823 if (S.isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == Sema::VAK_Invalid) {
2824 unsigned DiagKind;
2825 if (E->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
2826 DiagKind = diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format;
2827 else
2828 DiagKind = diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string;
2829
2830 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2831 S.PDiag(DiagKind)
2832 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
2833 << E->getType()
2834 << CallType
2835 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
2836 << CSR
2837 << E->getSourceRange(),
2838 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
2839
2840 checkForCStrMembers(AT, E, CSR);
2841 } else
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002842 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2843 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002844 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << E->getType()
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002845 << CSR
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002846 << E->getSourceRange(),
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002847 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002848 }
2849
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002850 return true;
2851}
2852
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002853//===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2854
2855namespace {
2856class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
2857public:
2858 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2859 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002860 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002861 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002862 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
2863 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002864 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002865 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002866 Args, NumArgs, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType)
2867 {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002868
2869 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2870 const char *startSpecifier,
2871 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002872
2873 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2874 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2875 const char *startSpecifier,
2876 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002877
2878 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002879};
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00002880}
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002881
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002882void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
2883 const char *end) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002884 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
2885 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2886 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002887}
2888
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002889bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2890 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2891 const char *startSpecifier,
2892 unsigned specifierLen) {
2893
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002894 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002895 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
2896
2897 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2898 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2899 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2900 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2901}
2902
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002903bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
2904 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2905 const char *startSpecifier,
2906 unsigned specifierLen) {
2907
2908 using namespace analyze_scanf;
2909 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2910
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002911 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002912
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002913 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't
2914 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
2915 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2916 if (atFirstArg) {
2917 atFirstArg = false;
2918 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2919 }
2920 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002921 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2922 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002923 return false;
2924 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002925 }
2926
2927 // Check if the field with is non-zero.
2928 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
2929 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
2930 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
2931 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2932 Amt.getConstantLength());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002933 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
2934 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2935 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2936 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002937 }
2938 }
2939
2940 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2941 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2942 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
2943 return true;
2944 }
2945
2946 // Consume the argument.
2947 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
2948 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2949 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2950 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2951 // function if we encounter some other error.
2952 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2953 }
2954
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002955 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002956 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002957 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2958 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002959 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002960 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002961 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002962 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2963 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002964
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002965 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
2966 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2967
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002968 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2969 if (HasVAListArg)
2970 return true;
2971
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002972 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002973 return false;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002974
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002975 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
2976 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002977 if (!Ex)
2978 return true;
2979
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00002980 const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
2981 if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002982 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002983 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOpts(),
Hans Wennborgbe6126a2012-02-15 09:59:46 +00002984 S.Context);
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002985
2986 if (success) {
2987 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002988 SmallString<128> buf;
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002989 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2990 fixedFS.toString(os);
2991
2992 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2993 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00002994 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002995 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00002996 Ex->getLocStart(),
2997 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002998 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2999 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
3000 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
3001 os.str()));
3002 } else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003003 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3004 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00003005 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003006 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00003007 Ex->getLocStart(),
3008 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003009 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003010 }
3011 }
3012
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003013 return true;
3014}
3015
3016void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00003017 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003018 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3019 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003020 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003021 bool inFunctionCall, VariadicCallType CallType) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003022
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003023 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
Richard Smithdf9ef1b2012-06-13 05:37:23 +00003024 if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003025 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003026 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003027 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
3028 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003029 return;
3030 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003031
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003032 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003033 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
Benjamin Kramer2f4eaef2010-08-17 12:54:38 +00003034 const char *Str = StrRef.data();
3035 unsigned StrLen = StrRef.size();
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003036 const unsigned numDataArgs = NumArgs - firstDataArg;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003037
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003038 // CHECK: empty format string?
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00003039 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003040 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003041 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003042 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
3043 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003044 return;
3045 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003046
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003047 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003048 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00003049 numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003050 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003051 inFunctionCall, CallType);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003052
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00003053 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
Jordan Rose275b6f52012-09-13 02:11:03 +00003054 getLangOpts(),
3055 Context.getTargetInfo()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003056 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003057 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00003058 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003059 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003060 inFunctionCall, CallType);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003061
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00003062 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
Jordan Rose275b6f52012-09-13 02:11:03 +00003063 getLangOpts(),
3064 Context.getTargetInfo()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003065 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003066 } // TODO: handle other formats
Ted Kremenekce7024e2010-01-28 01:18:22 +00003067}
3068
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003069//===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
3070
Douglas Gregor2a053a32011-05-03 20:05:22 +00003071/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
3072/// whether it has a vtable).
3073static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
3074 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3075 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
3076 if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
3077 return true;
3078
3079 return false;
3080}
3081
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003082/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003083/// otherwise returns NULL.
3084static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) {
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003085 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003086 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3087 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
3088 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003089
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003090 return 0;
3091}
3092
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003093/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003094static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) {
3095 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
3096 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3097 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
3098 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
3099
3100 return QualType();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003101}
3102
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003103/// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
3104///
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003105/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003106/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
3107/// function calls.
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003108///
3109/// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003110void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003111 unsigned BId,
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003112 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003113 assert(BId != 0);
3114
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003115 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate
Douglas Gregor707a23e2011-06-16 17:56:04 +00003116 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003117 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003118 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003119 return;
3120
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003121 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
3122 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
3123 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003124 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003125
3126 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
3127 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
3128 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
3129 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
3130
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003131 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
3132 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003133 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003134
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003135 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
3136 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3137 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003138
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003139 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
3140 // false positives.
3141 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003142 continue;
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003143
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003144 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
3145 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
3146 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
3147 // enabled.
3148 if (SizeOfArg &&
3149 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
3150 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
3151 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
3152 // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
3153 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
3154 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
3155 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
3156 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
3157 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003158 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
3159 // over sizeof(src) as well.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003160 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003161 StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
3162
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003163 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003164 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003165 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
3166 if (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())
3167 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
3168 // suggest an explicit length.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003169
3170 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
3171 // expansion.
3172 SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
3173 SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
3174 SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
3175 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3176
3177 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3178 ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
3179 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3180 DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
3181 SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
3182 SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
3183 SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
3184 }
3185
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003186 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003187 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003188 << ReadableName
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003189 << PointeeTy
3190 << DestTy
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003191 << DSR
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003192 << SSR);
3193 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
3194 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
3195 << ActionIdx
3196 << SSR);
3197
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003198 break;
3199 }
3200 }
3201
3202 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
3203 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
3204 // record type.
3205 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
3206 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
3207 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
3208 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3209 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
3210 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
3211 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
3212 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
3213 break;
3214 }
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003215 }
3216
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003217 // Always complain about dynamic classes.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003218 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
3219
3220 unsigned OperationType = 0;
3221 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
3222 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
3223 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
3224 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
3225 OperationType = 1;
3226 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
3227 OperationType = 2;
3228 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
3229 OperationType = 3;
3230 }
3231
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003232 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3233 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3234 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003235 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00003236 << FnName << PointeeTy
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003237 << OperationType
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003238 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003239 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
3240 BId != Builtin::BImemset)
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003241 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3242 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3243 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
3244 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
3245 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003246 else
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003247 continue;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003248
3249 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3250 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003251 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003252 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
3253 break;
3254 }
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003255 }
3256}
3257
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003258// A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
3259// This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
3260// we don't want to remove sizeof().
3261static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
3262 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
3263
3264 for (;;) {
3265 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
3266 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
3267 break;
3268
3269 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3270 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3271
3272 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
3273 Ex = LHS;
3274 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
3275 Ex = RHS;
3276 else
3277 break;
3278 }
3279
3280 return Ex;
3281}
3282
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003283static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
3284 ASTContext &Context) {
3285 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
3286 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3287 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
3288 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
3289 return false;
3290 } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
3291 return false;
3292 }
3293 return true;
3294}
3295
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003296// Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
3297// be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
3298void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
3299 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3300
3301 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
3302 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
3303 return;
3304
3305 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
3306 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
3307 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL;
3308
3309 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
3310 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
3311 CompareWithSrc = Ex;
3312 else {
3313 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
3314 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003315 if (SizeCall->isBuiltinCall() == Builtin::BIstrlen
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003316 && SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
3317 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
3318 }
3319 }
3320
3321 if (!CompareWithSrc)
3322 return;
3323
3324 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
3325 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
3326 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
3327 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
3328 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
3329 if (!SrcArgDRE)
3330 return;
3331
3332 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
3333 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
3334 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
3335 return;
3336
3337 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
3338 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3339 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
3340
3341 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
3342 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
3343 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
3344 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
3345 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003346 if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003347 return;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003348
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003349 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003350 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3351 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003352 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003353 OS << ")";
3354
3355 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3356 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
3357 OS.str());
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003358}
3359
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003360/// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
3361static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
3362 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
3363 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
3364 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
3365 return false;
3366}
3367
3368static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
3369 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
3370 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
3371 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
3372 return 0;
3373 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3374 }
3375 return 0;
3376}
3377
3378// Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
3379// The correct size argument should look like following:
3380// strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
3381void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
3382 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3383 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
3384 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
3385 return;
3386 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3387 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3388 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3389
3390 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
3391 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
3392 unsigned PatternType = 0;
3393 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
3394 // - sizeof(dst)
3395 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
3396 PatternType = 1;
3397 // - sizeof(src)
3398 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
3399 PatternType = 2;
3400 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
3401 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
3402 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3403 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3404 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
3405 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
3406 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
3407 PatternType = 1;
3408 // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
3409 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
3410 PatternType = 2;
3411 }
3412 }
3413
3414 if (PatternType == 0)
3415 return;
3416
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003417 // Generate the diagnostic.
3418 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
3419 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
3420 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3421
3422 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
3423 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3424 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3425 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
3426 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
3427 }
3428
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003429 // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
3430 QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
3431 bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
3432 Context);
3433 if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
3434 if (PatternType == 1)
3435 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
3436 else
3437 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
3438 return;
3439 }
3440
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003441 if (PatternType == 1)
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003442 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003443 else
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003444 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003445
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003446 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003447 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3448 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003449 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003450 OS << ") - ";
3451 OS << "strlen(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003452 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003453 OS << ") - 1";
3454
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003455 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
3456 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003457}
3458
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003459//===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
3460
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003461static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3462 Decl *ParentDecl);
3463static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3464 Decl *ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003465
3466/// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
3467/// of a stack variable.
3468void
3469Sema::CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
3470 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003472 Expr *stackE = 0;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003473 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003474
3475 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
3476 // label addresses or references to temporaries.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003477 if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003478 (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003479 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003480 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003481 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003482 }
3483
3484 if (stackE == 0)
3485 return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
3486
3487 SourceLocation diagLoc;
3488 SourceRange diagRange;
3489 if (refVars.empty()) {
3490 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
3491 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
3492 } else {
3493 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
3494 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
3495 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
3496 // reference variables using notes.
3497 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
3498 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
3499 }
3500
3501 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var.
3502 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref
3503 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr)
3504 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
3505 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
3506 Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
3507 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
3508 Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
3509 } else { // local temporary.
3510 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref
3511 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr)
3512 << diagRange;
3513 }
3514
3515 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
3516 // found the problematic expression using notes.
3517 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3518 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
3519 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
3520 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
3521 // show the range of the expression.
3522 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange()
3523 : stackE->getSourceRange();
3524 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
3525 << VD->getDeclName() << range;
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003526 }
3527}
3528
3529/// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
3530/// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003531/// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
3532/// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003533/// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003534/// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
3535/// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
3536/// a problematic expression based on such local checking.
3537///
3538/// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
3539/// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
3540/// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003541///
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003542/// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
3543/// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003544/// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
3545/// expressions.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003546///
3547/// This implementation handles:
3548///
3549/// * pointer-to-pointer casts
3550/// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
3551/// * taking the address of fields
3552/// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
3553/// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
3554/// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003555static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3556 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003557 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3558 return NULL;
3559
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003560 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003561 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003562 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003563 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003564 "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003565
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003566 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3567
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003568 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3569 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3570 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
3571 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003572 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
3573 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
3574
3575 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
3576 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3577 // it points to.
3578 if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
3579 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
3580 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3581 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003582 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003583 }
3584
3585 return NULL;
3586 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003587
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003588 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3589 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3590 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers.
3591 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003592
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003593 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003594 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003595 else
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003596 return NULL;
3597 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003598
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003599 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3600 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid
3601 // in this context.
3602 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003603 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003604
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003605 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003606 return NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003607
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003608 Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
3609
3610 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be
3611 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
3612 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003613
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003614 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003615 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003616 }
Steve Naroff61f40a22008-09-10 19:17:48 +00003617
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003618 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
3619 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it.
3620 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3621 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003623 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003624 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS()) {
3625 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3626 if (!lhsExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003627 if (Expr* LHS = EvalAddr(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003628 return LHS;
3629 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003630
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003631 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3632 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
3633 return NULL;
3634
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003635 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003636 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003637
3638 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +00003639 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003640 return E; // local block.
3641 return NULL;
3642
3643 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
3644 return E; // address of label.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003645
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003646 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003647 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
3648 ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003649
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003650 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
3651 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003652 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor6eec8e82008-10-28 15:36:24 +00003653 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003654 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003655 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003656 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
3657 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003658 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
3659 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003660 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
3661 switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
3662 case CK_BitCast:
3663 case CK_LValueToRValue:
3664 case CK_NoOp:
3665 case CK_BaseToDerived:
3666 case CK_DerivedToBase:
3667 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
3668 case CK_Dynamic:
3669 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3670 case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3671 case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003672 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003673
3674 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003675 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003676
3677 default:
3678 return 0;
3679 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003680 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003681
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003682 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3683 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr(
3684 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003685 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003686 return Result;
3687
3688 return E;
3689
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003690 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
3691 default:
3692 return NULL;
3693 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003694}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003695
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003696
3697/// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
3698/// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003699static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3700 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003701do {
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003702 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
3703 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead
3704 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003705
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003706 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3707 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3708 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003709
3710 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003711 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003712 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3713 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003714 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003715 E = IE->getSubExpr();
3716 continue;
3717 }
3718 return NULL;
3719 }
3720
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003721 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003722 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003723
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003724 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003725 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
3726 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
3727 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003728 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003729
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003730 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3731 // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
3732 if (V == ParentDecl)
3733 return DR;
3734
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003735 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
3736 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
3737 return DR;
3738
3739 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3740 // it points to.
3741 if (V->hasInit()) {
3742 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3743 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003744 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003745 }
3746 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003747 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003748
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003749 return NULL;
3750 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003751
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003752 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3753 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3754 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes
3755 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
3756 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003758 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003759 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003760
3761 return NULL;
3762 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003763
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003764 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
3765 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We
3766 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
3767 // has local storage.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003768 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003769 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003770
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003771 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3772 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003773 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003774 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
3775
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003776 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
3777 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003778 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003779 return LHS;
3780
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003781 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003782 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003784 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00003785 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003786 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003787
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003788 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses.
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003789 if (M->isArrow())
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003790 return NULL;
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003791
3792 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
3793 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to.
3794 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
3795 return NULL;
3796
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003797 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003798 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003800 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3801 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal(
3802 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003803 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003804 return Result;
3805
3806 return E;
3807
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003808 default:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003809 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
3810 // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
3811 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
3812 return E;
3813
3814 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003815 return NULL;
3816 }
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003817} while (true);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003818}
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003819
3820//===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
3821
3822/// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3823/// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
3824/// to do what the programmer intended.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003825void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003826 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3827 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003828
3829 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
3830 // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
3831 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3832 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3833 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003834 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003835
3836
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003837 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
3838 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This
3839 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
3840 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can
3841 // lead to false negatives.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003842 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
3843 if (FLL->isExact())
3844 return;
3845 } else
3846 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
3847 if (FLR->isExact())
3848 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003849
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003850 // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003851 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3852 if (CL->isBuiltinCall())
3853 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003854
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003855 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3856 if (CR->isBuiltinCall())
3857 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003858
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003859 // Emit the diagnostic.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003860 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
3861 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003862}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003863
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003864//===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
3865//===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003866
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003867namespace {
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003868
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003869/// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
3870/// expression.
3871struct IntRange {
3872 /// The number of bits active in the int.
3873 unsigned Width;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003874
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003875 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
3876 bool NonNegative;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003877
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003878 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
3879 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
3880 {}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003881
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003882 /// Returns the range of the bool type.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003883 static IntRange forBoolType() {
3884 return IntRange(1, true);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003885 }
3886
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003887 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
3888 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
3889 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
3890 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003891 }
3892
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003893 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
3894 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003895 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3896
3897 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3898 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3899 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3900 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003901
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003902 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003903 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
3904 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00003905 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003906 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
3907
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003908 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
3909 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
3910
3911 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive, NumNegative), NumNegative == 0);
3912 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003913
3914 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3915 assert(BT->isInteger());
3916
3917 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3918 }
3919
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003920 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
3921 /// the range of values expressible in the type.
3922 ///
3923 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
3924 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
3925 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
3926 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3927
3928 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3929 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3930 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3931 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3932 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Douglas Gregor69ff26b2011-09-08 23:29:05 +00003933 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003934
3935 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3936 assert(BT->isInteger());
3937
3938 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3939 }
3940
3941 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003942 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003943 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003944 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3945 }
3946
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003947 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003948 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003949 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
3950 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003951 }
3952};
3953
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003954static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
3955 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003956 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
3957 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
3958
3959 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003960 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003961
3962 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
3963 // signedness.
3964 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
3965}
3966
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003967static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
3968 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003969 if (result.isInt())
3970 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
3971
3972 if (result.isVector()) {
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003973 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
3974 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
3975 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
3976 R = IntRange::join(R, El);
3977 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003978 return R;
3979 }
3980
3981 if (result.isComplexInt()) {
3982 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
3983 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
3984 return IntRange::join(R, I);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003985 }
3986
3987 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
3988 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003989 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
3990 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue
3991 // preserved this.
Eli Friedman65639282012-01-04 23:13:47 +00003992 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00003993 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003994}
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003995
3996/// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
3997/// range of values it might take.
3998///
3999/// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004000static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004001 E = E->IgnoreParens();
4002
4003 // Try a full evaluation first.
4004 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004005 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00004006 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, E->getType(), MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004007
4008 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
4009 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
4010 // being of the new, wider type.
4011 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Eli Friedmanb17ee5b2011-12-15 02:41:52 +00004012 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004013 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4014
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004015 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, CE->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004016
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004017 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast);
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004018
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004019 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004020 if (!isIntegerCast)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004021 return OutputTypeRange;
4022
4023 IntRange SubRange
4024 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
4025 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
4026
4027 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
4028 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
4029 return OutputTypeRange;
4030
4031 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
4032 // either the output type or the subexpr is.
4033 return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
4034 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
4035 }
4036
4037 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4038 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
4039 bool CondResult;
4040 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
4041 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
4042 : CO->getFalseExpr(),
4043 MaxWidth);
4044
4045 // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
4046 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
4047 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
4048 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4049 }
4050
4051 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4052 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
4053
4054 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004055 case BO_LAnd:
4056 case BO_LOr:
4057 case BO_LT:
4058 case BO_GT:
4059 case BO_LE:
4060 case BO_GE:
4061 case BO_EQ:
4062 case BO_NE:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004063 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4064
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004065 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
4066 // is not necessarily the same type.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004067 case BO_MulAssign:
4068 case BO_DivAssign:
4069 case BO_RemAssign:
4070 case BO_AddAssign:
4071 case BO_SubAssign:
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004072 case BO_XorAssign:
4073 case BO_OrAssign:
4074 // TODO: bitfields?
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004075 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004076
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004077 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
4078 // been coerced to the LHS type.
4079 case BO_Assign:
4080 // TODO: bitfields?
4081 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4082
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004083 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004084 case BO_PtrMemD:
4085 case BO_PtrMemI:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004086 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004087
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004088 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004089 case BO_And:
4090 case BO_AndAssign:
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004091 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
4092 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
4093
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004094 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004095 case BO_Shl:
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004096 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
4097 // positive. It's an important idiom.
4098 if (IntegerLiteral *I
4099 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
4100 if (I->getValue() == 1) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004101 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004102 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
4103 }
4104 }
4105 // fallthrough
4106
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004107 case BO_ShlAssign:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004108 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004109
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004110 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004111 case BO_Shr:
4112 case BO_ShrAssign: {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004113 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4114
4115 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
4116 // that much.
4117 llvm::APSInt shift;
4118 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
4119 shift.isNonNegative()) {
4120 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
4121 if (zext >= L.Width)
4122 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4123 else
4124 L.Width -= zext;
4125 }
4126
4127 return L;
4128 }
4129
4130 // Comma acts as its right operand.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004131 case BO_Comma:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004132 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4133
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004134 // Black-list pointer subtractions.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004135 case BO_Sub:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004136 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004137 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004138 break;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00004139
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004140 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
4141 // of the LHS.
4142 case BO_Div: {
4143 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
4144 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
4145 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4146
4147 // If the divisor is constant, use that.
4148 llvm::APSInt divisor;
4149 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
4150 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
4151 if (log2 >= L.Width)
4152 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4153 else
4154 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
4155 return L;
4156 }
4157
4158 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
4159 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4160 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
4161 }
4162
4163 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
4164 // either side.
4165 case BO_Rem: {
4166 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
4167 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
4168 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4169 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4170
4171 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
4172 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
4173 return meet;
4174 }
4175
4176 // The default behavior is okay for these.
4177 case BO_Mul:
4178 case BO_Add:
4179 case BO_Xor:
4180 case BO_Or:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004181 break;
4182 }
4183
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004184 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
4185 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004186 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4187 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4188 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4189 }
4190
4191 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
4192 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
4193 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004194 case UO_LNot:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004195 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4196
4197 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004198 case UO_Deref:
4199 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004200 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004201
4202 default:
4203 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4204 }
4205 }
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004206
4207 if (dyn_cast<OffsetOfExpr>(E)) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004208 IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004209 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004210
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004211 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getBitField())
4212 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00004213 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004214
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004215 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004216}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004217
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004218static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004219 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
4220}
4221
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004222/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4223/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4224/// target semantics.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004225static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
4226 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4227 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004228 llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
4229
4230 bool ignored;
4231 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4232 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4233
4234 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
4235}
4236
4237/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4238/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4239/// target semantics.
4240///
4241/// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004242static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
4243 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4244 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004245 if (value.isFloat())
4246 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
4247
4248 if (value.isVector()) {
4249 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
4250 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
4251 return false;
4252 return true;
4253 }
4254
4255 assert(value.isComplexFloat());
4256 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
4257 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
4258}
4259
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004260static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004261
Ted Kremeneke3b159c2010-09-23 21:43:44 +00004262static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
4263 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
4264 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
4265 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4266 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
4267 return false;
4268
4269 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
4270 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
4271 return false;
4272
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004273 llvm::APSInt Value;
4274 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
4275}
4276
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004277static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
4278 // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
4279 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004280 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
4281 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004282 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004283 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004284 }
4285
4286 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
4287}
4288
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004289static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004290 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Douglas Gregor14af91a2010-12-21 07:22:56 +00004291 if (E->isValueDependent())
4292 return;
4293
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004294 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004295 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004296 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004297 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004298 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004299 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004300 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004301 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004302 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004303 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004304 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004305 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004306 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004307 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004308 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004309 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
4310 }
4311}
4312
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004313static void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E,
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004314 Expr *Constant, Expr *Other,
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004315 llvm::APSInt Value,
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004316 bool RhsConstant) {
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004317 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004318 QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
4319 QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
4320 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004321 return;
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004322 assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType())
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004323 && "comparison with non-integer type");
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004324 // FIXME. handle cases for signedness to catch (signed char)N == 200
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004325 IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004326 IntRange LitRange = GetValueRange(S.Context, Value, Value.getBitWidth());
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004327 if (OtherRange.Width >= LitRange.Width)
4328 return;
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004329 bool IsTrue = true;
4330 if (op == BO_EQ)
4331 IsTrue = false;
4332 else if (op == BO_NE)
4333 IsTrue = true;
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004334 else if (RhsConstant) {
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004335 if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
4336 IsTrue = !LitRange.NonNegative;
4337 else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
4338 IsTrue = LitRange.NonNegative;
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004339 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004340 if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
4341 IsTrue = !LitRange.NonNegative;
4342 else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
4343 IsTrue = LitRange.NonNegative;
4344 }
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004345 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue(Value.toString(10));
4346 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
4347 << PrettySourceValue << OtherT << IsTrue
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004348 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
4349}
4350
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004351/// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the
4352/// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004353static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004354 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4355 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004356}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004357
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004358/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4359///
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004360/// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004361static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004362 // The type the comparison is being performed in.
4363 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
4364 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType())
4365 && "comparison with mismatched types");
Fariborz Jahanianab4702f2012-09-18 17:46:26 +00004366 if (E->isValueDependent())
4367 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004368
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004369 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4370 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004371
4372 bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
4373
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004374 // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004375 // of 'true' or 'false'.
4376 if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
4377 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
4378 bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
4379 RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
4380 llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
4381 bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
4382 LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
4383 if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
4384 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
4385 else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
4386 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
4387 else
4388 IsComparisonConstant =
4389 (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004390 } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
4391 IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004392
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004393 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
4394 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
4395 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
Douglas Gregor3e026e32011-02-19 22:34:59 +00004396 //
4397 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
4398 // whose result is a constant.
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004399 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004400 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004401
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004402 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
4403 // signedness.
4404 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004405 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4406 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004407 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004408 signedOperand = LHS;
4409 unsignedOperand = RHS;
4410 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4411 signedOperand = RHS;
4412 unsignedOperand = LHS;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004413 } else {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004414 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
4415 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004416 }
4417
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004418 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
4419 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004420
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004421 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note
4422 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004423 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
4424 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004425
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004426 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
4427 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
4428 // or false.
4429 if (signedRange.NonNegative)
4430 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004431
4432 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
4433 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4434 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4435 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004436 if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
4437 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
4438 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004439
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004440 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
4441 // non-negative.
4442 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
4443
4444 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
4445 return;
4446 }
4447
Douglas Gregor6d3b93d2012-05-01 01:53:49 +00004448 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
4449 S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
4450 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
4451 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004452}
4453
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004454/// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
4455///
4456/// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004457static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
4458 SourceLocation InitLoc) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004459 assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
4460 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
4461 return false;
4462
John McCall91b60142010-11-11 05:33:51 +00004463 // White-list bool bitfields.
4464 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
4465 return false;
4466
Douglas Gregor46ff3032011-02-04 13:09:01 +00004467 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
4468 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
4469 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
4470 Init->isValueDependent() ||
4471 Init->isTypeDependent())
4472 return false;
4473
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004474 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4475
Richard Smith80d4b552011-12-28 19:48:30 +00004476 llvm::APSInt Value;
4477 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004478 return false;
4479
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004480 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004481 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004482
4483 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
4484 return false;
4485
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004486 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004487 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004488 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004489
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004490 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
4491 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
Richard Trieue1ecdc12012-07-23 20:21:35 +00004492 if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004493 return false;
4494
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004495 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
Eli Friedman34ff0622012-02-02 00:40:20 +00004496 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
4497 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004498 return false;
4499
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004500 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
4501 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
4502
4503 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
4504 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
4505 << Init->getSourceRange();
4506
4507 return true;
4508}
4509
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004510/// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
4511/// operations.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004512static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004513 // Just recurse on the LHS.
4514 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4515
4516 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
4517 // a bitfield.
4518 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getBitField()) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004519 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
4520 E->getOperatorLoc())) {
4521 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
4522 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4523 E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004524 }
4525 }
4526
4527 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4528}
4529
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004530/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004531static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004532 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4533 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4534 if (pruneControlFlow) {
4535 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4536 S.PDiag(diag)
4537 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
4538 << SourceRange(CContext));
4539 return;
4540 }
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004541 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
4542 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
4543}
4544
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004545/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004546static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004547 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4548 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4549 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004550}
4551
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004552/// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the
4553/// cast wouldn't lose information.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004554void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T,
4555 SourceLocation CContext) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004556 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004557 bool isExact = false;
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004558 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue();
Jeffrey Yasskin3e1ef782011-07-15 17:03:07 +00004559 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
4560 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
4561 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue,
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004562 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact)
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004563 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact)
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004564 return;
4565
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004566 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
4567 Value.toString(PrettySourceValue);
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004568 SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004569 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4570 PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true";
4571 else
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004572 IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004573
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004574 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer)
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004575 << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
4576 << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004577}
4578
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004579std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
4580 if (!Range.Width) return "0";
4581
4582 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
4583 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004584 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004585 return ValueInRange.toString(10);
4586}
4587
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004588static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
4589 if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
4590 return false;
4591
4592 Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4593 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
4594 const Type *Source =
4595 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
4596 if (Target->isDependentType())
4597 return false;
4598
4599 const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
4600 dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
4601 const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
4602
4603 return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
4604 FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
4605}
4606
4607void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
4608 SourceLocation CC) {
4609 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4610 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4611 Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
4612 if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
4613 continue;
4614
4615 bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
4616 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
4617 IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
4618 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
4619 if (IsSwapped) {
4620 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
4621 DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4622 CurrA->getType(), CC,
4623 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
4624 }
4625 }
4626}
4627
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004628void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004629 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004630 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004631
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004632 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
4633 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
4634 if (Source == Target) return;
4635 if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004636
Chandler Carruth108f7562011-07-26 05:40:03 +00004637 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
4638 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
4639 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
4640 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
4641 // scenario, we just return.
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004642 if (CC.isInvalid())
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004643 return;
4644
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004645 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
4646 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
4647 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
4648 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical
4649 // expressions, for instances, assert(0 && "error here"), is prevented
4650 // by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
4651 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
4652 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004653 if (Source->isFunctionType()) {
4654 // Warn on function to bool. Checks free functions and static member
4655 // functions. Weakly imported functions are excluded from the check,
4656 // since it's common to test their value to check whether the linker
4657 // found a definition for them.
4658 ValueDecl *D = 0;
4659 if (DeclRefExpr* R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
4660 D = R->getDecl();
4661 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
4662 D = M->getMemberDecl();
4663 }
4664
4665 if (D && !D->isWeak()) {
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004666 if (FunctionDecl* F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
4667 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_function_to_bool)
4668 << F << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC);
David Blaikie2def7732011-12-09 21:42:37 +00004669 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_silence)
4670 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getExprLoc(), "&");
4671 QualType ReturnType;
4672 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
4673 S.isExprCallable(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
4674 if (!ReturnType.isNull()
4675 && ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4676 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_call)
4677 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
4678 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004679 return;
4680 }
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004681 }
4682 }
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004683 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004684
4685 // Strip vector types.
4686 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004687 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004688 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004689 return;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004690 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004691 }
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004692
4693 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
4694 // a bitcast, not a conversion.
4695 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
4696 return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004697
4698 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4699 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4700 }
4701
4702 // Strip complex types.
4703 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004704 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004705 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004706 return;
4707
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004708 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004709 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004710
4711 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4712 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4713 }
4714
4715 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
4716 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
4717
4718 // If the source is floating point...
4719 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4720 // ...and the target is floating point...
4721 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4722 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
4723
4724 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
4725 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
4726 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
4727 // representable in the target type.
4728 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004729 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004730 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
4731 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004732 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
4733 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004734 return;
4735 }
4736
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004737 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004738 return;
4739
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004740 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004741 }
4742 return;
4743 }
4744
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004745 // If the target is integral, always warn.
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004746 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004747 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004748 return;
4749
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004750 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay634c8af2011-09-08 22:30:47 +00004751 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
4752 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
4753 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
4754 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4755
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004756 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) {
4757 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC);
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004758 } else {
4759 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
4760 }
4761 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004762
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004763 // If the target is bool, warn if expr is a function or method call.
4764 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
4765 isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
4766 // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
4767 // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
4768 // is being cast to.
4769 CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4770 unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs();
4771 if (NumArgs > 0) {
4772 Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
4773 Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4774 const Type *InnerType =
4775 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
4776 if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) && (InnerType == Target)) {
4777 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
4778 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
4779 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
4780 }
4781 }
4782 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004783 return;
4784 }
4785
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004786 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004787 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType()
David Blaikie28a5f0c2012-06-21 18:51:10 +00004788 && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType()) {
David Blaikieb1360492012-03-16 20:30:12 +00004789 SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
4790 if (Loc.isMacroID())
4791 Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004792 if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID())
4793 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
4794 << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
4795 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T));
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004796 }
4797
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004798 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
4799 return;
4800
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004801 // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
4802 // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
4803 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4804 return;
4805
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004806 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004807 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004808
4809 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004810 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
4811 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
4812 llvm::APSInt Value(32);
4813 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004814 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004815 return;
4816
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004817 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
4818 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
4819
Ted Kremenek5e745da2011-10-22 02:37:33 +00004820 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4821 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
4822 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
4823 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
4824 << clang::SourceRange(CC));
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004825 return;
4826 }
4827
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004828 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004829 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004830 return;
4831
David Blaikie37050842012-04-12 22:40:54 +00004832 if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004833 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
4834 /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004835 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004836 }
4837
4838 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
4839 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
4840 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004841
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004842 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004843 return;
4844
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004845 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
4846
4847 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
4848 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
4849 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
4850 // in the sign-compare group.
4851 // The conditional-checking code will
4852 if (ICContext) {
4853 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
4854 *ICContext = true;
4855 }
4856
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004857 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004858 }
4859
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004860 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004861 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
4862 // type, to give us better diagnostics.
4863 QualType SourceType = E->getType();
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004864 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004865 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
4866 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
4867 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
4868 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
4869 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
4870 }
4871 }
4872
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004873 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
4874 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
4875 if ((SourceEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004876 SourceEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004877 (TargetEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004878 TargetEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004879 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004880 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004881 return;
4882
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004883 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004884 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004885 }
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004886
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004887 return;
4888}
4889
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004890void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
4891 SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004892
4893void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004894 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004895 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4896
4897 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004898 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004899
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004900 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004901 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004902 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004903 return;
4904}
4905
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004906void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
4907 SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004908 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004909
4910 bool Suspicious = false;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004911 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
4912 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004913
4914 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
4915 // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
4916 if (!Suspicious) return;
4917
4918 // ...but it's currently ignored...
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004919 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional,
4920 CC))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004921 return;
4922
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004923 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
4924 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
Richard Trieu52541612011-07-21 02:46:28 +00004925 if (E->getType() == T) return;
4926
4927 Suspicious = false;
4928 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4929 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
4930 if (!Suspicious)
4931 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004932 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004933}
4934
4935/// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
4936/// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple
4937/// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004938void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004939 QualType T = OrigE->getType();
4940 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4941
Douglas Gregorf8b6e152011-10-10 17:38:18 +00004942 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4943 return;
4944
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004945 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
4946 // were being fed directly into the output.
4947 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4948 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004949 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004950 return;
4951 }
4952
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004953 // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
4954 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
4955 CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
4956
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004957 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
4958 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
4959 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
4960 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004961 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004962
4963 // Now continue drilling into this expression.
4964
4965 // Skip past explicit casts.
4966 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
4967 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004968 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004969 }
4970
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004971 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4972 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
4973 if (BO->isComparisonOp())
4974 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
4975
Eli Friedman0fa06382012-01-26 23:34:06 +00004976 // And with simple assignments.
4977 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004978 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
4979 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004980
4981 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately,
4982 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
4983 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
4984 // built into statements.
4985 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
4986
4987 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
Peter Collingbournef4e3cfb2011-03-11 19:24:49 +00004988 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004989
4990 // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004991 CC = E->getExprLoc();
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004992 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4993 bool IsLogicalOperator = BO && BO->isLogicalOp();
4994 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor54042f12012-02-09 10:18:50 +00004995 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I);
Douglas Gregor503384f2012-02-09 00:47:04 +00004996 if (!ChildExpr)
4997 continue;
4998
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004999 if (IsLogicalOperator &&
5000 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
5001 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical operators.
5002 continue;
5003 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
5004 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005005}
5006
5007} // end anonymous namespace
5008
5009/// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
5010/// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion
5011/// and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005012///
5013/// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
5014/// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
5015/// conversion
5016void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005017 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
David Blaikie71f55f72012-08-06 22:47:24 +00005018 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005019 return;
5020
5021 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
5022 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
5023 return;
5024
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005025 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
5026 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
5027 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
5028 CheckArrayAccess(E);
5029
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005030 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
5031 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005032}
5033
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005034void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
5035 FieldDecl *BitField,
5036 Expr *Init) {
5037 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
5038}
5039
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005040/// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
5041/// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
5042/// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
5043/// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
5044/// parameters are complete.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00005045bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **P, ParmVarDecl **PEnd,
5046 bool CheckParameterNames) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005047 bool HasInvalidParm = false;
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00005048 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
5049 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
5050
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005051 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
5052 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
5053 // that function shall not have incomplete type.
5054 //
5055 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
5056 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
5057 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
Douglas Gregord10099e2012-05-04 16:32:21 +00005058 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005059 Param->setInvalidDecl();
5060 HasInvalidParm = true;
5061 }
5062
5063 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
5064 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00005065 if (CheckParameterNames &&
5066 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005067 !Param->isImplicit() &&
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005068 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005069 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00005070
5071 // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
5072 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
5073 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
5074 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
5075 // variable length array types.
5076 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
5077 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) {
5078 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) {
Sylvestre Ledrubed28ac2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00005079 // FIXME: This diagnosic should point the '[*]' if source-location
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00005080 // information is added for it.
5081 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
5082 }
5083 }
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005084 }
5085
5086 return HasInvalidParm;
5087}
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00005088
5089/// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
5090/// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
5091void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
5092 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
5093 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00005094 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align,
5095 TRange.getBegin())
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +00005096 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00005097 return;
5098
5099 // Ignore dependent types.
5100 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
5101 return;
5102
5103 // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
5104 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
5105 if (!DestPtr) return;
5106
5107 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
5108 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
5109 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
5110 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
5111 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
5112
5113 // Require that the source be a pointer type.
5114 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
5115 if (!SrcPtr) return;
5116 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
5117
5118 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly
5119 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
5120 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
5121 // includes 'void'.
5122 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
5123
5124 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
5125 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
5126
5127 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
5128 << Op->getType() << T
5129 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
5130 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
5131 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
5132}
5133
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005134static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
5135 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
5136 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
5137 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5138 else if (EltType->isArrayType())
5139 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
5140 return EltType;
5141}
5142
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005143/// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
5144/// array member of a struct.
5145///
5146/// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
5147/// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
5148static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
5149 const NamedDecl *ND) {
5150 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
5151
5152 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
5153 if (!FD) return false;
5154
5155 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
5156 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005157
5158 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00005159 while (TInfo) {
5160 TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
5161 // Look through typedefs.
5162 const TypedefTypeLoc *TTL = dyn_cast<TypedefTypeLoc>(&TL);
5163 if (TTL) {
5164 const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL->getTypedefNameDecl();
5165 TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
5166 continue;
5167 }
5168 ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = cast<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(TL);
5169 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005170 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
5171 return false;
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00005172 break;
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005173 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005174
5175 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
Matt Beaumont-Gay381711c2011-11-29 22:43:53 +00005176 if (!RD) return false;
5177 if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
5178 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
5179 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
5180 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005181
Benjamin Kramer22d4fed2011-08-06 03:04:42 +00005182 // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
5183 const Decl *D = FD;
5184 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
5185 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
5186 return false;
5187 return true;
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005188}
5189
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005190void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005191 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00005192 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005193 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005194 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
5195 return;
5196
Matt Beaumont-Gay8ef8f432011-12-12 22:35:02 +00005197 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005198 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005199 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005200 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005201 if (!ArrayTy)
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005202 return;
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005203
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005204 llvm::APSInt index;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005205 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context))
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005206 return;
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00005207 if (IndexNegated)
5208 index = -index;
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00005209
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005210 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL;
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005211 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
5212 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005213 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005214 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005215
Ted Kremenek9e060ca2011-02-23 23:06:04 +00005216 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005217 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005218 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
5219 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005220
5221 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Nico Weberde5998f2011-09-17 22:59:41 +00005222 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005223 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
5224 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
5225 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
Kaelyn Uhraind10f4bc2011-08-10 19:47:25 +00005226 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
Kaelyn Uhrain18f16972011-08-10 18:49:28 +00005227 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005228 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
5229 // There's a cast to a different size type involved
5230 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
5231 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
5232 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
5233 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
5234 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
5235 }
5236 }
5237
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005238 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005239 index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005240 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005241 size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005242
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005243 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
5244 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
5245 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
5246 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005247 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005248 return;
5249
5250 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
5251 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
5252 // code.
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005253 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00005254 return;
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005255
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005256 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
5257 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
5258 // within a system header.
5259 if (ASE) {
5260 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
5261 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
5262 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
5263 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
5264 IndexExpr->getLocStart());
5265 if (SourceMgr.isFromSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
5266 return;
5267 }
5268 }
5269
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005270 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005271 if (ASE)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005272 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
5273
5274 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5275 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
5276 << size.toString(10, true)
5277 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
5278 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005279 } else {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005280 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005281 if (!ASE) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005282 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
5283 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
5284 }
5285
5286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5287 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
5288 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005289 }
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005290
Matt Beaumont-Gaycfbc5b52011-11-29 19:27:11 +00005291 if (!ND) {
5292 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
5293 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
5294 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
5295 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
5296 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
5297 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
5298 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
5299 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
5300 }
5301
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005302 if (ND)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005303 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5304 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
5305 << ND->getDeclName());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005306}
5307
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005308void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005309 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
5310 while (expr) {
5311 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005312 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005313 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
5314 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005315 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005316 AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005317 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005318 }
5319 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5320 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
5321 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
5322 expr = UO->getSubExpr();
5323 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
5324 case UO_AddrOf:
5325 AllowOnePastEnd++;
5326 break;
5327 case UO_Deref:
5328 AllowOnePastEnd--;
5329 break;
5330 default:
5331 return;
5332 }
5333 break;
5334 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005335 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
5336 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
5337 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
5338 CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
5339 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
5340 CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
5341 return;
5342 }
5343 default:
5344 return;
5345 }
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00005346 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005347}
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005348
5349//===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
5350
5351namespace {
5352 struct RetainCycleOwner {
5353 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {}
5354 VarDecl *Variable;
5355 SourceRange Range;
5356 SourceLocation Loc;
5357 bool Indirect;
5358
5359 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
5360 Loc = e->getExprLoc();
5361 Range = e->getSourceRange();
5362 }
5363 };
5364}
5365
5366/// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
5367/// a retain cycle.
5368static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
Sylvestre Ledruf3477c12012-09-27 10:16:10 +00005369 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005370 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
5371 // __block and has an appropriate type.
5372 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5373 return false;
5374
5375 owner.Variable = var;
Jordan Rosee10f4d32012-09-15 02:48:31 +00005376 if (ref)
5377 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005378 return true;
5379}
5380
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005381static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005382 while (true) {
5383 e = e->IgnoreParens();
5384 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
5385 switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
5386 case CK_BitCast:
5387 case CK_LValueBitCast:
5388 case CK_LValueToRValue:
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005389 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005390 e = cast->getSubExpr();
5391 continue;
5392
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005393 default:
5394 return false;
5395 }
5396 }
5397
5398 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
5399 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
5400 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5401 return false;
5402
5403 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005404 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005405 return false;
5406
5407 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
5408 owner.Indirect = true;
5409 return true;
5410 }
5411
5412 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
5413 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
5414 if (!var) return false;
5415 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
5416 }
5417
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005418 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
5419 if (member->isArrow()) return false;
5420
5421 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
5422 e = member->getBase();
5423 continue;
5424 }
5425
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00005426 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
5427 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
5428 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
5429 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
5430 ->IgnoreParens());
5431 if (!pre) return false;
5432 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
5433 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
5434 if (!property->isRetaining() &&
5435 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
5436 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
5437 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
5438 return false;
5439
5440 owner.Indirect = true;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005441 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
5442 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
5443 if (!owner.Variable)
5444 return false;
5445 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
5446 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
5447 return true;
5448 }
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00005449 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
5450 ->getSourceExpr());
5451 continue;
5452 }
5453
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005454 // Array ivars?
5455
5456 return false;
5457 }
5458}
5459
5460namespace {
5461 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
5462 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
5463 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
5464 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {}
5465
5466 VarDecl *Variable;
5467 Expr *Capturer;
5468
5469 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
5470 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
5471 Capturer = ref;
5472 }
5473
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005474 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
5475 if (Capturer) return;
5476 Visit(ref->getBase());
5477 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
5478 Capturer = ref;
5479 }
5480
5481 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
5482 // Look inside nested blocks
5483 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
5484 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
5485 }
Fariborz Jahanian7e2e4c32012-08-31 20:04:47 +00005486
5487 void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
5488 if (Capturer) return;
5489 if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
5490 Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
5491 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005492 };
5493}
5494
5495/// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
5496/// variable.
5497static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5498 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
5499
5500 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
Jordan Rose1fac58a2012-09-17 17:54:30 +00005501
5502 // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
5503 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
5504 Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
5505 if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
5506 e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
5507 if (!e)
5508 return 0;
5509 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
5510 }
5511 } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
5512 if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
5513 FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
5514 if (Fn && Fn->getIdentifier()->isStr("_Block_copy"))
5515 e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
5516 }
5517 }
5518
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005519 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
5520 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
5521 return 0;
5522
5523 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
5524 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
5525 return visitor.Capturer;
5526}
5527
5528static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
5529 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5530 assert(capturer);
5531 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
5532
5533 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
5534 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
5535 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
5536 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
5537}
5538
5539/// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
5540/// 'set'.
5541static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
5542 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
5543
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005544 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005545 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00005546 if (str.startswith("set"))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005547 str = str.substr(3);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00005548 else if (str.startswith("add")) {
5549 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
5550 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
5551 return false;
5552 str = str.substr(3);
5553 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005554 else
5555 return false;
5556
5557 if (str.empty()) return true;
5558 return !islower(str.front());
5559}
5560
5561/// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
5562void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
5563 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
5564 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
5565 return;
5566
5567 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
5568 RetainCycleOwner owner;
5569 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005570 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005571 return;
5572 } else {
5573 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
5574 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
5575 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
5576 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
5577 }
5578
5579 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
5580 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
5581 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
5582 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
5583}
5584
5585/// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
5586void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
5587 RetainCycleOwner owner;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005588 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005589 return;
5590
5591 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
5592 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
5593}
5594
Jordan Rosee10f4d32012-09-15 02:48:31 +00005595void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
5596 RetainCycleOwner Owner;
5597 if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/0, Owner))
5598 return;
5599
5600 // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
5601 // location explicitly here.
5602 Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
5603 Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
5604
5605 if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
5606 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
5607}
5608
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005609bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005610 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
5611 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
5612 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005613 return false;
5614 // strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one arc-specific
5615 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005616 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005617 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
Fariborz Jahanianbd2e27e2012-07-06 21:09:27 +00005618 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) << 1
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005619 << RHS->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005620 return true;
5621 }
5622 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5623 }
5624 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005625}
5626
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005627void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
5628 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005629 QualType LHSType;
5630 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
5631 // its declaration as it has a PsuedoType.
5632 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
5633 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
5634 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
5635 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
5636 if (PD)
5637 LHSType = PD->getType();
5638 }
5639
5640 if (LHSType.isNull())
5641 LHSType = LHS->getType();
Jordan Rose7a270482012-09-28 22:21:35 +00005642
5643 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
5644
5645 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
5646 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
5647 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc);
5648 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5649 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
5650 }
5651
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005652 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
5653 return;
Jordan Rose7a270482012-09-28 22:21:35 +00005654
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005655 // FIXME. Check for other life times.
5656 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
5657 return;
5658
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005659 if (PRE) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005660 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
5661 return;
5662 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
5663 if (!PD)
5664 return;
5665
5666 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005667 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
5668 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
5669 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
5670 // for lifetime info.
5671 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
5672 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
5673 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
5674 return;
5675
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005676 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005677 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005678 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
5679 << RHS->getSourceRange();
5680 return;
5681 }
5682 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5683 }
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005684 }
Fariborz Jahanianbd2e27e2012-07-06 21:09:27 +00005685 else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
5686 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
5687 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
5688 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
5689 << 0 << 0<< RHS->getSourceRange();
5690 return;
5691 }
5692 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5693 }
5694 }
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005695 }
5696}
Dmitri Gribenko625bb562012-02-14 22:14:32 +00005697
5698//===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
5699
5700namespace {
5701bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
5702 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
5703 const NullStmt *Body) {
5704 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
5705 //
5706 // #define CALL(x)
5707 // if (condition)
5708 // CALL(0);
5709 //
5710 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
5711 return false;
5712
5713 // Get line numbers of statement and body.
5714 bool StmtLineInvalid;
5715 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc,
5716 &StmtLineInvalid);
5717 if (StmtLineInvalid)
5718 return false;
5719
5720 bool BodyLineInvalid;
5721 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
5722 &BodyLineInvalid);
5723 if (BodyLineInvalid)
5724 return false;
5725
5726 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
5727 if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
5728 return false;
5729
5730 return true;
5731}
5732} // Unnamed namespace
5733
5734void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
5735 const Stmt *Body,
5736 unsigned DiagID) {
5737 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
5738 // instantiations, this just adds noise.
5739 if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
5740 return;
5741
5742 // The body should be a null statement.
5743 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
5744 if (!NBody)
5745 return;
5746
5747 // Do the usual checks.
5748 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
5749 return;
5750
5751 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
5752 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
5753}
5754
5755void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
5756 const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
5757 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
5758
5759 SourceLocation StmtLoc;
5760 const Stmt *Body;
5761 unsigned DiagID;
5762 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
5763 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
5764 Body = FS->getBody();
5765 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
5766 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
5767 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5768 Body = WS->getBody();
5769 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
5770 } else
5771 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
5772
5773 // The body should be a null statement.
5774 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
5775 if (!NBody)
5776 return;
5777
5778 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
5779 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) ==
5780 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5781 return;
5782
5783 // Do the usual checks.
5784 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
5785 return;
5786
5787 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
5788 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
5789 // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
5790 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5791 // {
5792 // a(i);
5793 // }
5794 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
5795 // than for/while itself:
5796 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5797 // a(i);
5798 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
5799 if (!ProbableTypo) {
5800 bool BodyColInvalid;
5801 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5802 PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
5803 &BodyColInvalid);
5804 if (BodyColInvalid)
5805 return;
5806
5807 bool StmtColInvalid;
5808 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5809 S->getLocStart(),
5810 &StmtColInvalid);
5811 if (StmtColInvalid)
5812 return;
5813
5814 if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
5815 ProbableTypo = true;
5816 }
5817
5818 if (ProbableTypo) {
5819 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
5820 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
5821 }
5822}
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +00005823
5824//===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
5825
5826namespace {
5827
5828bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
5829
5830/// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
5831bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
5832 // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
5833 // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
5834 // underlying type.
5835 return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
5836 C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
5837}
5838
5839/// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
5840bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
5841 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
5842 return false;
5843
5844 if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
5845 return false;
5846
5847 if (Field1->isBitField()) {
5848 // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
5849 unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
5850 unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
5851
5852 if (Bits1 != Bits2)
5853 return false;
5854 }
5855
5856 return true;
5857}
5858
5859/// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
5860/// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
5861bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
5862 RecordDecl *RD1,
5863 RecordDecl *RD2) {
5864 // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
5865 if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
5866 // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
5867 // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
5868 const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
5869 // Check number of base classes.
5870 if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
5871 return false;
5872
5873 // Check the base classes.
5874 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
5875 Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
5876 BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
5877 Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
5878 Base1 != BaseEnd1;
5879 ++Base1, ++Base2) {
5880 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
5881 return false;
5882 }
5883 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
5884 // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
5885 if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
5886 return false;
5887 }
5888
5889 // Check the fields.
5890 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
5891 Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
5892 Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
5893 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
5894 for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
5895 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
5896 return false;
5897 }
5898 if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
5899 return false;
5900
5901 return true;
5902}
5903
5904/// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
5905/// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
5906bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
5907 RecordDecl *RD1,
5908 RecordDecl *RD2) {
5909 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
5910 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
5911 Field2End = RD2->field_end();
5912 Field2 != Field2End; ++Field2) {
5913 UnmatchedFields.insert(*Field2);
5914 }
5915
5916 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
5917 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
5918 Field1 != Field1End; ++Field1) {
5919 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
5920 I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
5921 E = UnmatchedFields.end();
5922
5923 for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
5924 if (isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *I)) {
5925 bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
5926 (void) Result;
5927 assert(Result);
5928 break;
5929 }
5930 }
5931 if (I == E)
5932 return false;
5933 }
5934
5935 return UnmatchedFields.empty();
5936}
5937
5938bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
5939 if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
5940 return false;
5941
5942 if (RD1->isUnion())
5943 return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
5944 else
5945 return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
5946}
5947
5948/// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
5949bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
5950 if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
5951 return false;
5952
5953 // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
5954 // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
5955 // layout-compatible types.
5956 if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
5957 return true;
5958
5959 T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
5960 T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
5961
5962 const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
5963 const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
5964
5965 if (TC1 != TC2)
5966 return false;
5967
5968 if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
5969 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
5970 cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
5971 cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
5972 } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
5973 if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
5974 return false;
5975
5976 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
5977 cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
5978 cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
5979 }
5980
5981 return false;
5982}
5983}
5984
5985//===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
5986
5987namespace {
5988/// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
5989///
5990/// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
5991///
5992/// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
5993///
5994/// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
5995bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
5996 const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
5997 while(true) {
5998 if (!TypeExpr)
5999 return false;
6000
6001 TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6002
6003 switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
6004 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6005 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
6006 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
6007 TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
6008 continue;
6009 }
6010 return false;
6011 }
6012
6013 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
6014 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
6015 *VD = DRE->getDecl();
6016 return true;
6017 }
6018
6019 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
6020 const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
6021 llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
6022 if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
6023 *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
6024 return true;
6025 } else
6026 return false;
6027 }
6028
6029 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
6030 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
6031 const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
6032 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
6033 bool Result;
6034 if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
6035 if (Result)
6036 TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
6037 else
6038 TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
6039 continue;
6040 }
6041 return false;
6042 }
6043
6044 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
6045 const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
6046 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
6047 TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
6048 continue;
6049 }
6050 return false;
6051 }
6052
6053 default:
6054 return false;
6055 }
6056 }
6057}
6058
6059/// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
6060///
6061/// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
6062///
6063/// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
6064///
6065/// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
6066/// kind.
6067///
6068/// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
6069///
6070/// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
6071bool GetMatchingCType(
6072 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
6073 const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
6074 const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
6075 Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
6076 bool &FoundWrongKind,
6077 Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
6078 FoundWrongKind = false;
6079
6080 // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
6081 const ValueDecl *VD = NULL;
6082
6083 uint64_t MagicValue;
6084
6085 if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
6086 return false;
6087
6088 if (VD) {
6089 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
6090 I = VD->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
6091 E = VD->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
6092 I != E; ++I) {
6093 if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
6094 FoundWrongKind = true;
6095 return false;
6096 }
6097 TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
6098 TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
6099 TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
6100 return true;
6101 }
6102 return false;
6103 }
6104
6105 if (!MagicValues)
6106 return false;
6107
6108 llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
6109 Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
6110 MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
6111 if (I == MagicValues->end())
6112 return false;
6113
6114 TypeInfo = I->second;
6115 return true;
6116}
6117} // unnamed namespace
6118
6119void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
6120 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
6121 bool LayoutCompatible,
6122 bool MustBeNull) {
6123 if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
6124 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
6125 new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
6126
6127 TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
6128 (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
6129 TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
6130}
6131
6132namespace {
6133bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
6134 const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6135 if (!BT1)
6136 return false;
6137
6138 const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6139 if (!BT2)
6140 return false;
6141
6142 BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
6143 BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
6144
6145 return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
6146 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
6147 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
6148 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
6149}
6150} // unnamed namespace
6151
6152void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
6153 const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
6154 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
6155 bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
6156
6157 const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
6158 bool FoundWrongKind;
6159 TypeTagData TypeInfo;
6160 if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
6161 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
6162 FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
6163 if (FoundWrongKind)
6164 Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
6165 diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
6166 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6167 return;
6168 }
6169
6170 const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
6171 if (IsPointerAttr) {
6172 // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
6173 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
6174 if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType())
6175 ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
6176 }
6177 QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
6178
6179 // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
6180 if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
6181 return;
6182
6183 if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
6184 // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
6185 if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6186 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
6187 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
6188 diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
6189 << ArgumentKind->getName()
6190 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
6191 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6192 }
6193 return;
6194 }
6195
6196 QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
6197 if (IsPointerAttr)
6198 RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
6199
6200 bool mismatch = false;
6201 if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
6202 mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
6203
6204 // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
6205 // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
6206 //
6207 // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
6208 // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
6209 if (mismatch)
6210 if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
6211 RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
6212 (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
6213 mismatch = false;
6214 } else
6215 if (IsPointerAttr)
6216 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
6217 ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
6218 RequiredType->getPointeeType());
6219 else
6220 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
6221
6222 if (mismatch)
6223 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
6224 << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind->getName()
6225 << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
6226 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
6227 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6228}